blob: c2eddcb76e73b92aa878e9b8200cd9f25bcdd9e9 [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff980e5082007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Anders Carlsson19cc4ab2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000022#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000023#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnera9376d42009-03-28 03:45:20 +000024#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000025#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000026#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000028#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +000030#include "RecordLayoutBuilder.h"
31
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000032using namespace clang;
33
34enum FloatingRank {
35 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
36};
37
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +000038ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar444be732009-11-13 05:51:54 +000039 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000040 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner1b63e4f2009-06-14 01:54:56 +000041 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000042 bool FreeMem, unsigned size_reserve) :
43 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +000044 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +000045 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
46 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000047 LoadedExternalComments(false), FreeMemory(FreeMem), Target(t),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +000048 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000049 BuiltinInfo(builtins), ExternalSource(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts) {
David Chisnall0f436562009-08-17 16:35:33 +000050 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
51 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian369a3bd2009-11-25 23:07:42 +000052 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000053 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000054 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +000055 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbare91593e2008-08-11 04:54:23 +000056}
57
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000058ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000059 if (FreeMemory) {
60 // Deallocate all the types.
61 while (!Types.empty()) {
62 Types.back()->Destroy(*this);
63 Types.pop_back();
64 }
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +000065
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000066 for (llvm::FoldingSet<ExtQuals>::iterator
67 I = ExtQualNodes.begin(), E = ExtQualNodes.end(); I != E; ) {
68 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +000069 Deallocate(&*I++);
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000070 }
71 }
72
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000073 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
74 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
75 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
76 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
77 delete R;
78 }
79
80 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
81 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
82 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
83 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
84 ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second);
85 delete R;
Nuno Lopesb74668e2008-12-17 22:30:25 +000086 }
87
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000088 // Destroy nested-name-specifiers.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000089 for (llvm::FoldingSet<NestedNameSpecifier>::iterator
90 NNS = NestedNameSpecifiers.begin(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000091 NNSEnd = NestedNameSpecifiers.end();
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000092 NNS != NNSEnd; ) {
93 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
Douglas Gregor1ae0afa2009-03-27 23:54:10 +000094 (*NNS++).Destroy(*this);
Ted Kremenekbbfd68d2009-12-23 21:13:52 +000095 }
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +000096
97 if (GlobalNestedNameSpecifier)
98 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier->Destroy(*this);
99
Eli Friedmanb26153c2008-05-27 03:08:09 +0000100 TUDecl->Destroy(*this);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000101}
102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000103void
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000104ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
105 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
106}
107
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000108void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
109 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
110 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000111
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000112 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000113#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000114#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
115#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
116 0 // Extra
117 };
Douglas Gregorc2ee10d2009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000118
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000119 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
120 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000121 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000122 }
123
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000124 unsigned Idx = 0;
125 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
126#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
127 if (counts[Idx]) \
128 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
129 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
130 ++Idx;
131#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
132#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000133
Douglas Gregordbe833d2009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000134 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000135
136 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
137 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
138 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
139 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000140}
141
142
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000143void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000144 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000145 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000146 Types.push_back(Ty);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000147}
148
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000149void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
150 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000151
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000152 // C99 6.2.5p19.
153 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000154
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000155 // C99 6.2.5p2.
156 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
157 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman15b91762009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000158 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000159 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
160 else
161 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
162 // C99 6.2.5p4.
163 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
164 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
165 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
166 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
167 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000168
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000169 // C99 6.2.5p6.
170 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
171 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
172 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
173 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
174 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000175
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000176 // C99 6.2.5p10.
177 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
178 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
179 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000180
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000181 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
182 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
183 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
184
Chris Lattner3a250322009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000185 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++ 3.9.1p5
186 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar);
187 else // C99
188 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000189
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000190 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
191 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
192 else // C99
193 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
194
195 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
196 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
197 else // C99
198 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
199
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000200 // Placeholder type for functions.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000201 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
202
203 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
204 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
205 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
206 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
207 // expressions.
208 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000209
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000210 // Placeholder type for C++0x auto declarations whose real type has
Anders Carlssone89d1592009-06-26 18:41:36 +0000211 // not yet been deduced.
212 InitBuiltinType(UndeducedAutoTy, BuiltinType::UndeducedAuto);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000213
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000214 // C99 6.2.5p11.
215 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
216 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
217 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000218
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000219 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000220
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000221 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
222 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
223 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000224 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000225
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000226 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000227 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
228 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000229 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000230
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000231 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000232
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000233 // void * type
234 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000235
236 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
237 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000238}
239
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000240MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000241ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000242 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor663b5a02009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000243 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000244 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
245 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
246 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000247
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000248 return Pos->second;
249}
250
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000251void
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000252ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
253 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000254 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
255 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
256 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
257 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor251b4ff2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000258 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
259 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000260}
261
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000262NamedDecl *
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000263ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCall7ba107a2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000264 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000265 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
266 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000267 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000269 return Pos->second;
270}
271
272void
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000273ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
274 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
275 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
276 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
277 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
278 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
279 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
280}
281
282UsingShadowDecl *
283ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
284 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
285 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
286 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
287 return 0;
288
289 return Pos->second;
290}
291
292void
293ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
294 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
295 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
296 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson0d8df782009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000297}
298
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000299FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
300 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
301 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
302 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
303 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000304
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000305 return Pos->second;
306}
307
308void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
309 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
310 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
311 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
312 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
313 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000314
Anders Carlssond8b285f2009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000315 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
316}
317
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000318namespace {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000319 class BeforeInTranslationUnit
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000320 : std::binary_function<SourceRange, SourceRange, bool> {
321 SourceManager *SourceMgr;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000322
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000323 public:
324 explicit BeforeInTranslationUnit(SourceManager *SM) : SourceMgr(SM) { }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000325
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000326 bool operator()(SourceRange X, SourceRange Y) {
327 return SourceMgr->isBeforeInTranslationUnit(X.getBegin(), Y.getBegin());
328 }
329 };
330}
331
332/// \brief Determine whether the given comment is a Doxygen-style comment.
333///
334/// \param Start the start of the comment text.
335///
336/// \param End the end of the comment text.
337///
338/// \param Member whether we want to check whether this is a member comment
339/// (which requires a < after the Doxygen-comment delimiter). Otherwise,
340/// we only return true when we find a non-member comment.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000341static bool
342isDoxygenComment(SourceManager &SourceMgr, SourceRange Comment,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000343 bool Member = false) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000344 const char *BufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000345 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(SourceMgr.getFileID(Comment.getBegin())).first;
346 const char *Start = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getBegin());
347 const char* End = BufferStart + SourceMgr.getFileOffset(Comment.getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000348
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000349 if (End - Start < 4)
350 return false;
351
352 assert(Start[0] == '/' && "Not a comment?");
353 if (Start[1] == '*' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '*'))
354 return false;
355 if (Start[1] == '/' && !(Start[2] == '!' || Start[2] == '/'))
356 return false;
357
358 return (Start[3] == '<') == Member;
359}
360
361/// \brief Retrieve the comment associated with the given declaration, if
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000362/// it has one.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000363const char *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl(const Decl *D) {
364 if (!D)
365 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000366
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000367 // Check whether we have cached a comment string for this declaration
368 // already.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000369 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, std::string>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000370 = DeclComments.find(D);
371 if (Pos != DeclComments.end())
372 return Pos->second.c_str();
373
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000374 // If we have an external AST source and have not yet loaded comments from
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000375 // that source, do so now.
376 if (ExternalSource && !LoadedExternalComments) {
377 std::vector<SourceRange> LoadedComments;
378 ExternalSource->ReadComments(LoadedComments);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000379
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000380 if (!LoadedComments.empty())
381 Comments.insert(Comments.begin(), LoadedComments.begin(),
382 LoadedComments.end());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000383
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000384 LoadedExternalComments = true;
385 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000386
387 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything.
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000388 if (Comments.empty())
389 return 0;
390
391 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we
392 // can't find the comment.
393 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc = D->getLocStart();
394 if (DeclStartLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclStartLoc.isFileID())
395 return 0;
396
397 // Find the comment that occurs just before this declaration.
398 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator LastComment
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000399 = std::lower_bound(Comments.begin(), Comments.end(),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000400 SourceRange(DeclStartLoc),
401 BeforeInTranslationUnit(&SourceMgr));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000402
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000403 // Decompose the location for the start of the declaration and find the
404 // beginning of the file buffer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000405 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclStartDecomp
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000406 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclStartLoc);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000407 const char *FileBufferStart
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000408 = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclStartDecomp.first).first;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000409
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000410 // First check whether we have a comment for a member.
411 if (LastComment != Comments.end() &&
412 !isa<TagDecl>(D) && !isa<NamespaceDecl>(D) &&
413 isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment, true)) {
414 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
415 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
416 if (DeclStartDecomp.first == LastCommentEndDecomp.first &&
417 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000418 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000419 LastCommentEndDecomp.second)) {
420 // The Doxygen member comment comes after the declaration starts and
421 // is on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. This
422 // is the comment we want.
423 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000424 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
425 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000426 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
427 return Result.c_str();
428 }
429 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000430
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000431 if (LastComment == Comments.begin())
432 return 0;
433 --LastComment;
434
435 // Decompose the end of the comment.
436 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LastCommentEndDecomp
437 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(LastComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000438
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000439 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they
440 // aren't related.
441 if (DeclStartDecomp.first != LastCommentEndDecomp.first)
442 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000443
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000444 // Check that we actually have a Doxygen comment.
445 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *LastComment))
446 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000447
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000448 // Compute the starting line for the declaration and for the end of the
449 // comment (this is expensive).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000450 unsigned DeclStartLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000451 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclStartDecomp.first, DeclStartDecomp.second);
452 unsigned CommentEndLine
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000453 = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(LastCommentEndDecomp.first,
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000454 LastCommentEndDecomp.second);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000455
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000456 // If the comment does not end on the line prior to the declaration, then
457 // the comment is not associated with the declaration at all.
458 if (CommentEndLine + 1 != DeclStartLine)
459 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000460
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000461 // We have a comment, but there may be more comments on the previous lines.
462 // Keep looking so long as the comments are still Doxygen comments and are
463 // still adjacent.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000464 unsigned ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000465 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(LastComment->getBegin()) - 1;
466 std::vector<SourceRange>::iterator FirstComment = LastComment;
467 while (FirstComment != Comments.begin()) {
468 // Look at the previous comment
469 --FirstComment;
470 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> Decomp
471 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000473 // If this previous comment is in a different file, we're done.
474 if (Decomp.first != DeclStartDecomp.first) {
475 ++FirstComment;
476 break;
477 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000478
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000479 // If this comment is not a Doxygen comment, we're done.
480 if (!isDoxygenComment(SourceMgr, *FirstComment)) {
481 ++FirstComment;
482 break;
483 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000484
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000485 // If the line number is not what we expected, we're done.
486 unsigned Line = SourceMgr.getLineNumber(Decomp.first, Decomp.second);
487 if (Line != ExpectedLine) {
488 ++FirstComment;
489 break;
490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000491
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000492 // Set the next expected line number.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000493 ExpectedLine
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000494 = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(FirstComment->getBegin()) - 1;
495 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000496
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000497 // The iterator range [FirstComment, LastComment] contains all of the
498 // BCPL comments that, together, are associated with this declaration.
499 // Form a single comment block string for this declaration that concatenates
500 // all of these comments.
501 std::string &Result = DeclComments[D];
502 while (FirstComment != LastComment) {
503 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompStart
504 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getBegin());
505 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DecompEnd
506 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(FirstComment->getEnd());
507 Result.append(FileBufferStart + DecompStart.second,
508 FileBufferStart + DecompEnd.second + 1);
509 ++FirstComment;
510 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000511
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000512 // Append the last comment line.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000513 Result.append(FileBufferStart +
514 SourceMgr.getFileOffset(LastComment->getBegin()),
Douglas Gregor2e222532009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000515 FileBufferStart + LastCommentEndDecomp.second + 1);
516 return Result.c_str();
517}
518
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
520// Type Sizing and Analysis
521//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000522
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000523/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
524/// scalar floating point type.
525const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000526 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000527 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
528 switch (BT->getKind()) {
529 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
530 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
531 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
532 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
533 }
534}
535
Mike Stump196efbf2009-09-22 02:43:44 +0000536/// getDeclAlignInBytes - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000537/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
538/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000539/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
540/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
541unsigned ASTContext::getDeclAlignInBytes(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) {
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000542 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
543
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000544 if (const AlignedAttr* AA = D->getAttr<AlignedAttr>())
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000545 Align = std::max(Align, AA->getMaxAlignment());
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000546
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000547 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
548 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000549 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000550 if (RefAsPointee)
551 T = RT->getPointeeType();
552 else
553 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
554 }
555 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
Anders Carlsson4cc2cfd2009-04-10 04:47:03 +0000556 // Incomplete or function types default to 1.
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000557 while (isa<VariableArrayType>(T) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(T))
558 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType();
559
560 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
561 }
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000562 }
Eli Friedmandcdafb62009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000563
564 return Align / Target.getCharWidth();
Chris Lattneraf707ab2009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565}
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000566
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000567/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
568/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000569///
570/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
571/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
572/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000573std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000574ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) {
Mike Stump5e301002009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000575 uint64_t Width=0;
576 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000577 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000578#define TYPE(Class, Base)
579#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000580#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000581#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
582#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000583 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000584 break;
585
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000586 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
587 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000588 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
589 Width = 0;
590 Align = 32;
591 break;
592
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000593 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000594 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000595 Width = 0;
596 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
597 break;
598
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000599 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000600 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000601
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000602 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000603 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000604 Align = EltInfo.second;
605 break;
Christopher Lamb5c09a022007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000606 }
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000607 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000608 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000609 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
611 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000612 Align = Width;
Nate Begeman6fe7c8a2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000613 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
614 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000615 if (VT->getNumElements() & (VT->getNumElements()-1)) {
616 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
617 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
618 }
Chris Lattner030d8842007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000619 break;
620 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000621
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000622 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000623 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000624 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattnerd2d2a112007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000625 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000626 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
627 Width = 0;
628 Align = 8;
629 break;
630
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000631 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000632 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
633 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000634 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000635 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
636 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
637 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000638 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000639 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
640 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000641 break;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000642 case BuiltinType::WChar:
643 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
644 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
645 break;
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000646 case BuiltinType::Char16:
647 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
648 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
649 break;
650 case BuiltinType::Char32:
651 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
652 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
653 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000654 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000655 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000656 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
657 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000658 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000659 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000660 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000661 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
662 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000663 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000664 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000665 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000666 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
667 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000668 break;
Chris Lattner692233e2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000669 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000670 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000671 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
672 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000673 break;
Chris Lattnerec16cb92009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000674 case BuiltinType::Int128:
675 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
676 Width = 128;
677 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
678 break;
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000679 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000680 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
681 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000682 break;
683 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000684 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
685 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000686 break;
687 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000688 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
689 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000690 break;
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000691 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
692 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
693 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redl1590d9c2009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000694 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000695 }
Chris Lattnerbfef6d72007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000696 break;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000697 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000698 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000699 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6f62c2a2007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000700 break;
Steve Naroff485eeff2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000701 case Type::BlockPointer: {
702 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
703 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
704 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
705 break;
706 }
Sebastian Redl5d484e82009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000707 case Type::LValueReference:
708 case Type::RValueReference: {
709 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
710 // the pointer route.
711 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
712 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
713 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
714 break;
715 }
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000716 case Type::Pointer: {
717 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000718 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattnerf72a4432008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000719 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
720 break;
721 }
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000722 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000723 QualType Pointee = cast<MemberPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000724 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000725 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
726 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000727 if (Pointee->isFunctionType())
728 Width *= 2;
Anders Carlsson1cca74e2009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000729 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
730 break;
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000731 }
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000732 case Type::Complex: {
733 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
734 // size.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000735 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000736 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000737 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000738 Align = EltInfo.second;
739 break;
740 }
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000741 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000742 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000743 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
744 Width = Layout.getSize();
745 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
746 break;
747 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000748 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000749 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000750 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
751
752 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8389eab2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000753 Width = 1;
754 Align = 1;
755 break;
756 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000757
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000758 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000759 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
760
Daniel Dunbar1d751182008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000761 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000762 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
763 Width = Layout.getSize();
764 Align = Layout.getAlignment();
Chris Lattnerdc0d73e2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000765 break;
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000766 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000767
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000768 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000769 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
770 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000771
Chris Lattner9fcfe922009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000772 case Type::Elaborated:
773 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()
774 .getTypePtr());
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +0000775
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000776 case Type::Typedef: {
777 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +0000778 if (const AlignedAttr *Aligned = Typedef->getAttr<AlignedAttr>()) {
Sean Huntbbd37c62009-11-21 08:43:09 +0000779 Align = std::max(Aligned->getMaxAlignment(),
780 getTypeAlign(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000781 Width = getTypeSize(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
782 } else
783 return getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000784 break;
Chris Lattner71763312008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000785 }
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000786
787 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
788 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
789 .getTypePtr());
790
791 case Type::TypeOf:
792 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
793
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000794 case Type::Decltype:
795 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
796 .getTypePtr());
797
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000798 case Type::QualifiedName:
799 return getTypeInfo(cast<QualifiedNameType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000800
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000801 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000802 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregor18857642009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000803 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
804 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
805 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
806 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
807 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
808 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000809
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000810 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000811 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000812}
813
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000814/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
815/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
816CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000817 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000818}
819CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +0000820 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeSize(T) / getCharWidth());
Ken Dyckbdc601b2009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000821}
822
Ken Dyck16e20cc2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000823/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck86fa4312010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000824/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
825CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) {
826 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
827}
828CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) {
829 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getTypeAlign(T) / getCharWidth());
830}
831
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000832/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
833/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
834/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
835/// a data type.
836unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) {
837 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000838
839 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000840 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman1eed6022009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000841 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
842 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
843 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
844 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
845
Chris Lattner34ebde42009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000846 return ABIAlign;
847}
848
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000849static void CollectLocalObjCIvars(ASTContext *Ctx,
850 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
851 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000852 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
853 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +0000854 ObjCIvarDecl *IVDecl = *I;
Fariborz Jahaniana769c002008-12-17 21:40:49 +0000855 if (!IVDecl->isInvalidDecl())
856 Fields.push_back(cast<FieldDecl>(IVDecl));
857 }
858}
859
Daniel Dunbara80a0f62009-04-22 17:43:55 +0000860void ASTContext::CollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
861 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl*> &Fields) {
862 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
863 CollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, Fields);
864 CollectLocalObjCIvars(this, OI, Fields);
865}
866
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000867/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
868/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
869///
870void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
871 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars,
872 bool CollectSynthesized) {
873 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
874 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) {
875 Ivars.push_back(*I);
876 }
877 if (CollectSynthesized)
878 CollectSynthesizedIvars(OI, Ivars);
879}
880
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000881void ASTContext::CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD,
882 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000883 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
884 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000885 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
886 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000887
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000888 // Also look into nested protocols.
889 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
890 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
891 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P, Ivars);
892}
893
894/// CollectSynthesizedIvars -
895/// This routine collect synthesized ivars for the designated class.
896///
897void ASTContext::CollectSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
898 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000899 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
900 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian98200742009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000901 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = (*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
902 Ivars.push_back(Ivar);
903 }
904 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
905 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
906 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
907 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
908 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
909 CollectProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD, Ivars);
910 }
911}
912
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +0000913/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
914/// those inherited by it.
915void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
916 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl*> &Protocols) {
917 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
918 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
919 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
920 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
921 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
922 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
923 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
924 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
925 }
926
927 // Categories of this Interface.
928 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
929 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
930 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
931 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
932 while (SD) {
933 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
934 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
935 }
936 return;
937 }
938 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
939 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
940 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
941 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
942 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
943 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
944 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
945 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
946 }
947 return;
948 }
949 if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
950 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
951 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
952 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
953 Protocols.push_back(Proto);
954 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
955 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
956 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
957 }
958 return;
959 }
960}
961
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000962unsigned ASTContext::CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
963 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000964 for (ObjCContainerDecl::prop_iterator I = PD->prop_begin(),
965 E = PD->prop_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000966 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
967 ++count;
968
969 // Also look into nested protocols.
970 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = PD->protocol_begin(),
971 E = PD->protocol_end(); P != E; ++P)
972 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(*P);
973 return count;
974}
975
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000976unsigned ASTContext::CountSynthesizedIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000977 unsigned count = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000978 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::prop_iterator I = OI->prop_begin(),
979 E = OI->prop_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000980 if ((*I)->getPropertyIvarDecl())
981 ++count;
982 }
983 // Also look into interface's protocol list for properties declared
984 // in the protocol and whose ivars are synthesized.
985 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::protocol_iterator P = OI->protocol_begin(),
986 PE = OI->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
987 ObjCProtocolDecl *PD = (*P);
988 count += CountProtocolSynthesizedIvars(PD);
989 }
990 return count;
991}
992
Argyrios Kyrtzidis8a1d7222009-07-21 00:05:53 +0000993/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
994ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
995 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
996 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
997 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
998 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
999 return 0;
1000}
1001/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1002ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1003 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1004 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1005 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1006 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1007 return 0;
1008}
1009
1010/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1011void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1012 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1013 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1014 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1015}
1016/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1017void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1018 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1019 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1020 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1021}
1022
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001023/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001024///
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001025/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001026/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1027///
1028/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1029/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1030/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001031TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001032 unsigned DataSize) {
1033 if (!DataSize)
1034 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1035 else
1036 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001037 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall109de5e2009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001038
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001039 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1040 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1041 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1042 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb17166c2009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001043}
1044
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001045TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001046 SourceLocation L) {
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001047 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
John McCalla4eb74d2009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001048 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(L);
1049 return DI;
1050}
1051
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001052/// getInterfaceLayoutImpl - Get or compute information about the
1053/// layout of the given interface.
1054///
1055/// \param Impl - If given, also include the layout of the interface's
1056/// implementation. This may differ by including synthesized ivars.
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001057const ASTRecordLayout &
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001058ASTContext::getObjCLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D,
1059 const ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl) {
Daniel Dunbar532d4da2009-05-03 13:15:50 +00001060 assert(!D->isForwardDecl() && "Invalid interface decl!");
1061
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001062 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001063 ObjCContainerDecl *Key =
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001064 Impl ? (ObjCContainerDecl*) Impl : (ObjCContainerDecl*) D;
1065 if (const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ObjCLayouts[Key])
1066 return *Entry;
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001067
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001068 // Add in synthesized ivar count if laying out an implementation.
1069 if (Impl) {
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001070 unsigned SynthCount = CountSynthesizedIvars(D);
Daniel Dunbard8fd6ff2009-05-03 11:41:43 +00001071 // If there aren't any sythesized ivars then reuse the interface
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001072 // entry. Note we can't cache this because we simply free all
1073 // entries later; however we shouldn't look up implementations
1074 // frequently.
Fariborz Jahanian8e6ac1d2009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001075 if (SynthCount == 0)
Daniel Dunbar453addb2009-05-03 11:16:44 +00001076 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1077 }
1078
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001079 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001080 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D, Impl);
1081 ObjCLayouts[Key] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001082
Devang Patel44a3dde2008-06-04 21:54:36 +00001083 return *NewEntry;
1084}
1085
Daniel Dunbarb2dbbb92009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001086const ASTRecordLayout &
1087ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1088 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1089}
1090
1091const ASTRecordLayout &
1092ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) {
1093 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1094}
1095
Devang Patel88a981b2007-11-01 19:11:01 +00001096/// getASTRecordLayout - Get or compute information about the layout of the
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001097/// specified record (struct/union/class), which indicates its size and field
1098/// position information.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001099const ASTRecordLayout &ASTContext::getASTRecordLayout(const RecordDecl *D) {
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001100 D = D->getDefinition(*this);
1101 assert(D && "Cannot get layout of forward declarations!");
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001102
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001103 // Look up this layout, if already laid out, return what we have.
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001104 // Note that we can't save a reference to the entry because this function
1105 // is recursive.
1106 const ASTRecordLayout *Entry = ASTRecordLayouts[D];
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001107 if (Entry) return *Entry;
Eli Friedman4bd998b2008-05-30 09:31:38 +00001108
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001109 const ASTRecordLayout *NewEntry =
Anders Carlsson29445a02009-07-18 21:19:52 +00001110 ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeLayout(*this, D);
Eli Friedmanab22c432009-07-22 20:29:16 +00001111 ASTRecordLayouts[D] = NewEntry;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001112
Chris Lattner5d2a6302007-07-18 18:26:58 +00001113 return *NewEntry;
Chris Lattner464175b2007-07-18 17:52:12 +00001114}
1115
Anders Carlssonf53df232009-12-07 04:35:11 +00001116const CXXMethodDecl *ASTContext::getKeyFunction(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
1117 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDefinition(*this));
1118 assert(RD && "Cannot get key function for forward declarations!");
1119
1120 const CXXMethodDecl *&Entry = KeyFunctions[RD];
1121 if (!Entry)
1122 Entry = ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD);
1123 else
1124 assert(Entry == ASTRecordLayoutBuilder::ComputeKeyFunction(RD) &&
1125 "Key function changed!");
1126
1127 return Entry;
1128}
1129
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001130//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1131// Type creation/memoization methods
1132//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1133
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001134QualType ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *TypeNode, Qualifiers Quals) {
1135 unsigned Fast = Quals.getFastQualifiers();
1136 Quals.removeFastQualifiers();
1137
1138 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1139 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1140 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, TypeNode, Quals);
1141 void *InsertPos = 0;
1142 if (ExtQuals *EQ = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) {
1143 assert(EQ->getQualifiers() == Quals);
1144 QualType T = QualType(EQ, Fast);
1145 return T;
1146 }
1147
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001148 ExtQuals *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(*this, TypeNode, Quals);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001149 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1150 QualType T = QualType(New, Fast);
1151 return T;
1152}
1153
1154QualType ASTContext::getVolatileType(QualType T) {
1155 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1156 if (CanT.isVolatileQualified()) return T;
1157
1158 QualifierCollector Quals;
1159 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
1160 Quals.addVolatile();
1161
1162 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
1163}
1164
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00001165QualType ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001166 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1167 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattnerf46699c2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001168 return T;
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001169
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001170 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1171 // into one ExtQuals node.
1172 QualifierCollector Quals;
1173 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001174
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001175 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1176 // another one.
1177 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1178 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1179 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001181 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lambebb97e92008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001182}
1183
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001184QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001185 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) {
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001186 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001187 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001188 return T;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001189
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001190 if (T->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001191 QualType Pointee = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001192 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian4027cd12009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001193 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1194 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1195 }
1196 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001197
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001198 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1199 // into one ExtQuals node.
1200 QualifierCollector Quals;
1201 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001202
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001203 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1204 // another one.
1205 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1206 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1207 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001208
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001209 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniand33d9c02009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001210}
Chris Lattnera7674d82007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001211
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001212static QualType getNoReturnCallConvType(ASTContext& Context, QualType T,
1213 bool AddNoReturn,
1214 CallingConv CallConv) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001215 QualType ResultType;
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001216 if (const PointerType *Pointer = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1217 QualType Pointee = Pointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001218 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1219 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001220 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1221 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001222
1223 ResultType = Context.getPointerType(ResultType);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001224 } else if (const BlockPointerType *BlockPointer
1225 = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
1226 QualType Pointee = BlockPointer->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001227 ResultType = getNoReturnCallConvType(Context, Pointee, AddNoReturn,
1228 CallConv);
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001229 if (ResultType == Pointee)
1230 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001231
1232 ResultType = Context.getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
1233 } else if (const FunctionType *F = T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
1234 if (F->getNoReturnAttr() == AddNoReturn && F->getCallConv() == CallConv)
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001235 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001236
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001237 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(F)) {
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001238 ResultType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(),
1239 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001240 } else {
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001241 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001242 ResultType
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001243 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1244 FPT->getNumArgs(), FPT->isVariadic(),
1245 FPT->getTypeQuals(),
1246 FPT->hasExceptionSpec(),
1247 FPT->hasAnyExceptionSpec(),
1248 FPT->getNumExceptions(),
1249 FPT->exception_begin(),
1250 AddNoReturn, CallConv);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001251 }
Douglas Gregor43c79c22009-12-09 00:47:37 +00001252 } else
1253 return T;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001254
1255 return Context.getQualifiedType(ResultType, T.getLocalQualifiers());
1256}
1257
1258QualType ASTContext::getNoReturnType(QualType T, bool AddNoReturn) {
1259 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, AddNoReturn, T.getCallConv());
1260}
1261
1262QualType ASTContext::getCallConvType(QualType T, CallingConv CallConv) {
1263 return getNoReturnCallConvType(*this, T, T.getNoReturnAttr(), CallConv);
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001264}
1265
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001266/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1267/// number with the specified element type.
1268QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) {
1269 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1270 // structure.
1271 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1272 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001273
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001274 void *InsertPos = 0;
1275 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1276 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001278 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1279 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1280 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001281 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001282 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001283
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001284 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1285 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001286 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001287 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001288 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001289 Types.push_back(New);
1290 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1291 return QualType(New, 0);
1292}
1293
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001294/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1295/// the specified type.
1296QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) {
1297 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1298 // structure.
1299 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1300 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001301
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001302 void *InsertPos = 0;
1303 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1304 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001306 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1307 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1308 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001309 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001310 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001311
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001312 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1313 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001314 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001315 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001316 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001317 Types.push_back(New);
1318 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1319 return QualType(New, 0);
1320}
1321
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001322/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001323/// a pointer to the specified block.
1324QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff296e8d52008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001325 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1326 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001327 // structure.
1328 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1329 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001330
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 void *InsertPos = 0;
1332 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1333 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1334 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
1336 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001337 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1338 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001339 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001341
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001342 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1343 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1344 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001345 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001346 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001347 BlockPointerType *New
1348 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroff5618bd42008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001349 Types.push_back(New);
1350 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1351 return QualType(New, 0);
1352}
1353
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001354/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1355/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001356QualType ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001357 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1358 // structure.
1359 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001360 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001361
1362 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001363 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1364 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001365 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001366
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001367 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1368
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001369 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1370 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1371 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001372 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1373 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1374 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001375
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001376 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001377 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1378 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001379 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001380 }
1381
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001382 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001383 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1384 SpelledAsLValue);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001386 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001387
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001388 return QualType(New, 0);
1389}
1390
1391/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1392/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
1393QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) {
1394 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1395 // structure.
1396 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001397 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001398
1399 void *InsertPos = 0;
1400 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1401 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1402 return QualType(RT, 0);
1403
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001404 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1405
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001406 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1407 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1408 QualType Canonical;
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001409 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1410 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1411 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001412
1413 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1414 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1415 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1416 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1417 }
1418
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001419 RValueReferenceType *New
1420 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001421 Types.push_back(New);
1422 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001423 return QualType(New, 0);
1424}
1425
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001426/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1427/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001428QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001429 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1430 // structure.
1431 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1432 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1433
1434 void *InsertPos = 0;
1435 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1436 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1437 return QualType(PT, 0);
1438
1439 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1440 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1441 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor87c12c42009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001442 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001443 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1444
1445 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1446 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1447 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1448 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
1449 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001450 MemberPointerType *New
1451 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redlf30208a2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001452 Types.push_back(New);
1453 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1454 return QualType(New, 0);
1455}
1456
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001458/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001459QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001460 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001461 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1462 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
Sebastian Redl923d56d2009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001463 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1464 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedman587cbdf2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001465 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1466
Chris Lattner38aeec72009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001467 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1468 // the target.
1469 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
1470 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001471
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001472 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001473 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001474
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001475 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001476 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001477 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001478 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001479
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001480 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1481 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1482 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001483 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001484 Canonical = getConstantArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy), ArySize,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001485 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001486 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001488 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001489 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001490 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001491
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001492 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
1493 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ArySize, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001494 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001495 Types.push_back(New);
1496 return QualType(New, 0);
1497}
1498
Steve Naroffbdbf7b02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001499/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1500/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001501QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1502 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroffc9406122007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001503 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001504 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1505 SourceRange Brackets) {
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001506 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1507 // that have an expression provided for their size.
1508
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001509 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1510 VariableArrayType(EltTy, QualType(), NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001511
1512 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1513 Types.push_back(New);
1514 return QualType(New, 0);
1515}
1516
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001517/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1518/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001519/// type.
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001520QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1521 Expr *NumElts,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001522 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001523 unsigned EltTypeQuals,
1524 SourceRange Brackets) {
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001525 assert((!NumElts || NumElts->isTypeDependent() ||
1526 NumElts->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001527 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1528
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001529 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001530 DependentSizedArrayType *Canon = 0;
1531
1532 if (NumElts) {
1533 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified
1534 // number of elements will have their sizes deduced from an
1535 // initializer.
1536 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1537 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(EltTy), ASM,
1538 EltTypeQuals, NumElts);
1539
1540 Canon = DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1541 }
1542
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001543 DependentSizedArrayType *New;
1544 if (Canon) {
1545 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1546 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001547 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1548 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(Canon, 0),
1549 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001550 } else {
1551 QualType CanonEltTy = getCanonicalType(EltTy);
1552 if (CanonEltTy == EltTy) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001553 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1554 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, QualType(),
1555 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregorcb78d882009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001556
1557 if (NumElts)
1558 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001559 } else {
1560 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedArrayType(CanonEltTy, NumElts,
1561 ASM, EltTypeQuals,
1562 SourceRange());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001563 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1564 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, EltTy, Canon,
1565 NumElts, ASM, EltTypeQuals, Brackets);
Douglas Gregor04d4bee2009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001566 }
1567 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001568
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001569 Types.push_back(New);
1570 return QualType(New, 0);
1571}
1572
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001573QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1574 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1575 unsigned EltTypeQuals) {
1576 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner0be2ef22009-02-19 17:31:02 +00001577 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001578
1579 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001580 if (IncompleteArrayType *ATP =
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001581 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1582 return QualType(ATP, 0);
1583
1584 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1585 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1586 QualType Canonical;
1587
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001588 if (!EltTy.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001589 Canonical = getIncompleteArrayType(getCanonicalType(EltTy),
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001590 ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001591
1592 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1593 IncompleteArrayType *NewIP =
1594 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001595 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Ted Kremenek2bd24ba2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001596 }
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001597
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001598 IncompleteArrayType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1599 IncompleteArrayType(EltTy, Canonical, ASM, EltTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanc5773c42008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001600
1601 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1602 Types.push_back(New);
1603 return QualType(New, 0);
Steve Narofffb22d962007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001604}
1605
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001606/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1607/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
1608QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001609 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001610
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001611 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001612 assert(baseType != 0 && "getVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001613
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001614 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1615 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001616 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001617 void *InsertPos = 0;
1618 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1619 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1620
1621 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1622 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1623 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001624 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001625 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001626
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001627 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1628 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001629 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001630 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001631 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1632 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001633 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1634 Types.push_back(New);
1635 return QualType(New, 0);
1636}
1637
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001638/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001639/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001640QualType ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) {
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001641 BuiltinType *baseType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001642
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001643 baseType = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(getCanonicalType(vecType).getTypePtr());
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001644 assert(baseType != 0 && "getExtVectorType(): Expecting a built-in type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001645
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001646 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1647 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001648 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001649 void *InsertPos = 0;
1650 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1651 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1652
1653 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1654 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1655 QualType Canonical;
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001656 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001657 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001658
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001659 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1660 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001661 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001662 }
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001663 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1664 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff73322922007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001665 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1666 Types.push_back(New);
1667 return QualType(New, 0);
1668}
1669
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001670QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001671 Expr *SizeExpr,
1672 SourceLocation AttrLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001673 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001674 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001675 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001676
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001677 void *InsertPos = 0;
1678 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1679 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1680 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1681 if (Canon) {
1682 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1683 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001684 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1685 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1686 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001687 } else {
1688 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1689 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001690 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1691 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1692 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001693 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1694 } else {
1695 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1696 SourceLocation());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001697 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1698 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor2ec09f12009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001699 }
1700 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001701
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001702 Types.push_back(New);
1703 return QualType(New, 0);
1704}
1705
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001706static CallingConv getCanonicalCallingConv(CallingConv CC) {
1707 if (CC == CC_C)
1708 return CC_Default;
1709 return CC;
1710}
1711
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001712/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001713///
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001714QualType ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, bool NoReturn,
1715 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001716 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1717 // structure.
1718 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001719 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, NoReturn);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001720
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001721 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001723 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001724 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001725
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001726 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001727 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
1728 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
1729 Canonical = getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), NoReturn,
1730 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001731
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001732 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001733 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1734 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001735 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001736 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001737
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001738 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1739 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001740 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001741 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001742 return QualType(New, 0);
1743}
1744
1745/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1746/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00001747QualType ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,const QualType *ArgArray,
Argyrios Kyrtzidis971c4fa2008-10-24 21:46:40 +00001748 unsigned NumArgs, bool isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001749 unsigned TypeQuals, bool hasExceptionSpec,
1750 bool hasAnyExceptionSpec, unsigned NumExs,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001751 const QualType *ExArray, bool NoReturn,
1752 CallingConv CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001753 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1754 // structure.
1755 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001756 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001757 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00001758 NumExs, ExArray, NoReturn);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001759
1760 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001762 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001763 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001764
1765 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001766 bool isCanonical = !hasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001767 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001768 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001769 isCanonical = false;
1770
1771 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001772 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001773 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001774 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001775 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
1776 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1777 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001778 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001779
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001780 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001781 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor47259d92009-08-05 19:03:35 +00001782 isVariadic, TypeQuals, false,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001783 false, 0, 0, NoReturn,
1784 getCanonicalCallingConv(CallConv));
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001785
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001786 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001787 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1788 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Chris Lattnerf6e764f2008-10-12 00:26:57 +00001789 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); NewIP = NewIP;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001790 }
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001791
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001792 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001793 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1794 // end of them.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001795 FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001796 (FunctionProtoType*)Allocate(sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1797 NumArgs*sizeof(QualType) +
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001798 NumExs*sizeof(QualType), TypeAlignment);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001799 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, isVariadic,
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001800 TypeQuals, hasExceptionSpec, hasAnyExceptionSpec,
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001801 ExArray, NumExs, Canonical, NoReturn, CallConv);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001802 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001803 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001804 return QualType(FTP, 0);
1805}
1806
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001807/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1808/// specified type declaration.
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001809QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclType(TypeDecl *Decl, TypeDecl* PrevDecl) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001810 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001811 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001812
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1e6759e2008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001813 if (TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001814 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001815 else if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl)) {
1816 assert(false && "Template type parameter types are always available.");
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001817 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCInterface
1818 = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001819 return getObjCInterfaceType(ObjCInterface);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001820
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001821 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001822 if (PrevDecl)
1823 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001824 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001825 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Record);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001826 } else if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
Ted Kremenek566c2ba2009-01-19 21:31:22 +00001827 if (PrevDecl)
1828 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
Steve Narofff83820b2009-01-27 22:08:43 +00001829 else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001830 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Enum);
John McCalled976492009-12-04 22:46:56 +00001831 } else if (UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
1832 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
1833 Decl->TypeForDecl = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00001834 } else
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001835 assert(false && "TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001836
Ted Kremenek4b7c9832008-09-05 17:16:31 +00001837 if (!PrevDecl) Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis49aa7ff2008-08-07 20:55:28 +00001838 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor2ce52f32008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001839}
1840
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001841/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1842/// specified typename decl.
1843QualType ASTContext::getTypedefType(TypedefDecl *Decl) {
1844 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001845
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001846 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001847 Decl->TypeForDecl = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
1848 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001849 Types.push_back(Decl->TypeForDecl);
1850 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1851}
1852
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001853/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
1854QualType
1855ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
1856 QualType Replacement) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001857 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCall49a832b2009-10-18 09:09:24 +00001858 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
1859
1860 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1861 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
1862 void *InsertPos = 0;
1863 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
1864 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1865
1866 if (!SubstParm) {
1867 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1868 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
1869 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
1870 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
1871 }
1872
1873 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
1874}
1875
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001876/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001877/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001878/// name.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001880 bool ParameterPack,
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001881 IdentifierInfo *Name) {
1882 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001883 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001884 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001885 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001886 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1887
1888 if (TypeParm)
1889 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001890
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001891 if (Name) {
1892 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001893 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1894 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Anders Carlsson76e4ce42009-06-16 00:30:48 +00001895 } else
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001896 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1897 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregorfab9d672009-02-05 23:33:38 +00001898
1899 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
1900 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
1901
1902 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
1903}
1904
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001905QualType
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001906ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001907 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001908 QualType Canon) {
John McCalld5532b62009-11-23 01:53:49 +00001909 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
1910
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00001911 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
1912 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
1913 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
1914 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
1915
1916 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, Canon);
1917}
1918
1919QualType
1920ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00001921 const TemplateArgument *Args,
1922 unsigned NumArgs,
1923 QualType Canon) {
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001924 if (!Canon.isNull())
1925 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
1926 else {
1927 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001928 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
1929 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
1930 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1931 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
1932 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
1933
1934 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
1935 // exists.
1936 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001937 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001938 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001939
1940 void *InsertPos = 0;
1941 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1942 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001943
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001944 if (!Spec) {
1945 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001947 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001948 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001949 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, CanonTemplate,
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001950 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001951 Canon);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001952 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001953 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001954 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001955
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001956 if (Canon.isNull())
1957 Canon = QualType(Spec, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958 assert(Canon->isDependentType() &&
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001959 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
Douglas Gregorb88e8882009-07-30 17:40:51 +00001960 }
Douglas Gregorfc705b82009-02-26 22:19:44 +00001961
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00001962 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
1963 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
1964 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001965 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregor40808ce2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00001966 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001967 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001968 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
1969 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(*this, Template, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor828e2262009-07-29 16:09:57 +00001970 Canon);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001971
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001972 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001973 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor55f6b142009-02-09 18:46:07 +00001974}
1975
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001976QualType
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001977ASTContext::getQualifiedNameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001978 QualType NamedType) {
1979 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001980 QualifiedNameType::Profile(ID, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001981
1982 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001983 QualifiedNameType *T
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001984 = QualifiedNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1985 if (T)
1986 return QualType(T, 0);
1987
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001988 T = new (*this) QualifiedNameType(NNS, NamedType,
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00001989 getCanonicalType(NamedType));
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001990 Types.push_back(T);
1991 QualifiedNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
1992 return QualType(T, 0);
1993}
1994
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001995QualType ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00001996 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
1997 QualType Canon) {
1998 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
1999
2000 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2001 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2002 if (CanonNNS != NNS)
2003 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, Name);
2004 }
2005
2006 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2007 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
2008
2009 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002010 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002011 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2012 if (T)
2013 return QualType(T, 0);
2014
2015 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, Name, Canon);
2016 Types.push_back(T);
2017 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002018 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002019}
2020
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002021QualType
2022ASTContext::getTypenameType(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002023 const TemplateSpecializationType *TemplateId,
2024 QualType Canon) {
2025 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2026
2027 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2028 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
2029 QualType CanonType = getCanonicalType(QualType(TemplateId, 0));
2030 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonType != QualType(TemplateId, 0)) {
2031 const TemplateSpecializationType *CanonTemplateId
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002032 = CanonType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002033 assert(CanonTemplateId &&
2034 "Canonical type must also be a template specialization type");
2035 Canon = getTypenameType(CanonNNS, CanonTemplateId);
2036 }
2037 }
2038
2039 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2040 TypenameType::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateId);
2041
2042 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002043 TypenameType *T
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002044 = TypenameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2045 if (T)
2046 return QualType(T, 0);
2047
2048 T = new (*this) TypenameType(NNS, TemplateId, Canon);
2049 Types.push_back(T);
2050 TypenameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002051 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor17343172009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002052}
2053
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002054QualType
2055ASTContext::getElaboratedType(QualType UnderlyingType,
2056 ElaboratedType::TagKind Tag) {
2057 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2058 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, UnderlyingType, Tag);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002059
John McCall7da24312009-09-05 00:15:47 +00002060 void *InsertPos = 0;
2061 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2062 if (T)
2063 return QualType(T, 0);
2064
2065 QualType Canon = getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType);
2066
2067 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(UnderlyingType, Tag, Canon);
2068 Types.push_back(T);
2069 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2070 return QualType(T, 0);
2071}
2072
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002073/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2074/// alphabetically.
2075static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2076 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor2e1cd422008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002077 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002078}
2079
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002080static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
2081 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2082 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2083
2084 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2085 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2086 return false;
2087 return true;
2088}
2089
2090static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002091 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2092 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002093
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002094 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2095 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2096
2097 // Remove duplicates.
2098 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2099 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2100}
2101
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002102/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2103/// the given interface decl and the conforming protocol list.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002104QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType InterfaceT,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002105 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002106 unsigned NumProtocols) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002107 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002108 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, InterfaceT, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002109
2110 void *InsertPos = 0;
2111 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2112 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2113 return QualType(QT, 0);
2114
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002115 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2116 QualType Canonical;
2117 if (!InterfaceT.isCanonical() ||
2118 !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2119 if (!areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2120 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2121 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2122
2123 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2124 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2125
2126 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2127 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2128 } else {
2129 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(InterfaceT),
2130 Protocols, NumProtocols);
2131 }
2132
2133 // Regenerate InsertPos.
2134 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2135 }
2136
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002137 // No Match;
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002138 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Ted Kremenek71842cc2010-01-21 19:22:34 +00002139 ObjCObjectPointerType(*this, Canonical, InterfaceT, Protocols,
2140 NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002141
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002142 Types.push_back(QType);
2143 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
2144 return QualType(QType, 0);
2145}
Chris Lattner88cb27a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002146
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002147/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2148/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
2149QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl,
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00002150 ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, unsigned NumProtocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002151 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002152 ObjCInterfaceType::Profile(ID, Decl, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002153
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002154 void *InsertPos = 0;
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002155 if (ObjCInterfaceType *QT =
2156 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002157 return QualType(QT, 0);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002158
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002159 // Sort the protocol list alphabetically to canonicalize it.
2160 QualType Canonical;
2161 if (NumProtocols && !areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols)) {
2162 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(NumProtocols);
2163 std::copy(Protocols, Protocols + NumProtocols, Sorted.begin());
2164
2165 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2166 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2167
2168 Canonical = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl, &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
2169
2170 ObjCInterfaceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2171 }
2172
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002173 ObjCInterfaceType *QType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Ted Kremenek71842cc2010-01-21 19:22:34 +00002174 ObjCInterfaceType(*this, Canonical, const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(Decl),
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002175 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002176
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002177 Types.push_back(QType);
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00002178 ObjCInterfaceTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
Fariborz Jahanian4b6c9052007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002179 return QualType(QType, 0);
2180}
2181
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002182/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2183/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002184/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002185/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002186/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002187QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002188 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002189 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2190 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2191 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002192
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002193 void *InsertPos = 0;
2194 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2195 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2196 if (Canon) {
2197 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2198 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002199 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002200 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2201 }
2202 else {
2203 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002204 Canon
2205 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregorb1975722009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002206 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2207 toe = Canon;
2208 }
2209 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002210 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002211 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002212 }
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002213 Types.push_back(toe);
2214 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002215}
2216
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002217/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2218/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2219/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002220/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002221/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002222QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002223 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002224 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroff9752f252007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002225 Types.push_back(tot);
2226 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002227}
2228
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002229/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2230/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
2231static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlssona07c33e2009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002232 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2233 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002234
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002235 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2236 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2237 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2238 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2239 return VD->getType();
2240 }
2241 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2242 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2243 return FD->getType();
2244 }
2245 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2246 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2247 // return type of that function.
2248 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2249 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002250
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002251 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002252
2253 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002254 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
2255 if (e->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
2256 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002257
Anders Carlsson60a9a2a2009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002258 return T;
2259}
2260
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002261/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2262/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2263/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002264/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002265/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
2266QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002267 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002268 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2269 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2270 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002271
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002272 void *InsertPos = 0;
2273 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2274 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2275 if (Canon) {
2276 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2277 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002278 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002279 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2280 }
2281 else {
2282 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002283 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregor9d702ae2009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002284 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2285 dt = Canon;
2286 }
2287 } else {
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002288 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall6b304a02009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002289 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregordd0257c2009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002290 }
Anders Carlsson395b4752009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002291 Types.push_back(dt);
2292 return QualType(dt, 0);
2293}
2294
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002295/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2296/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002297QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) {
Ted Kremenekd778f882007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002298 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpe607ed02009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002299 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2300 // away const? mutable?
2301 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002302}
2303
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2305/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2306/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlssona3ccda52009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002307CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002308 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002309}
2310
Argyrios Kyrtzidis64c438a2008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002311/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2312/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2313QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2314 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2315 return WCharTy;
2316}
2317
2318/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2319/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2320QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2321 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2322 return UnsignedIntTy;
2323}
2324
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002325/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2326/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2327QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002328 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattner8b9023b2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002329}
2330
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002331//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2332// Type Operators
2333//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2334
John McCall54e14c42009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002335CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) {
2336 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2337 // qualifiers.
2338 T = getCanonicalType(T);
2339 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
2340
2341 QualType Result;
2342 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2343 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2344 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2345 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2346 } else {
2347 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2348 }
2349
2350 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2351}
2352
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002353/// getCanonicalType - Return the canonical (structural) type corresponding to
2354/// the specified potentially non-canonical type. The non-canonical version
2355/// of a type may have many "decorated" versions of types. Decorators can
2356/// include typedefs, 'typeof' operators, etc. The returned type is guaranteed
2357/// to be free of any of these, allowing two canonical types to be compared
2358/// for exact equality with a simple pointer comparison.
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002359CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalType(QualType T) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002360 QualifierCollector Quals;
2361 const Type *Ptr = Quals.strip(T);
2362 QualType CanType = Ptr->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002363
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002364 // The canonical internal type will be the canonical type *except*
2365 // that we push type qualifiers down through array types.
2366
2367 // If there are no new qualifiers to push down, stop here.
2368 if (!Quals.hasQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002369 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(CanType);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002370
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002371 // If the type qualifiers are on an array type, get the canonical
2372 // type of the array with the qualifiers applied to the element
2373 // type.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002374 ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CanType);
2375 if (!AT)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002376 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getQualifiedType(CanType, Quals));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002377
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002378 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2379 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002380 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(AT->getElementType(), Quals);
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002381 NewEltTy = getCanonicalType(NewEltTy);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002382
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002383 if (ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002384 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2385 getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2386 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002387 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002388 if (IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002389 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2390 getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002391 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002392
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002393 if (DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT))
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002394 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(
2395 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002396 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2397 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002398 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002399 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor87a924e2009-10-30 22:56:57 +00002400 DSAT->getBracketsRange())->getCanonicalTypeInternal());
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002401
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002402 VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(AT);
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002403 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002404 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2405 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002406 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002407 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002408 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002409}
2410
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002411QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType T,
2412 Qualifiers &Quals) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002413 Quals = T.getQualifiers();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002414 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T)) {
Chandler Carruth5535c382010-01-12 20:32:25 +00002415 return T.getUnqualifiedType();
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002416 }
2417
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002418 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(T);
2419 QualType Elt = AT->getElementType();
Zhongxing Xuc1ae0a82010-01-05 08:15:06 +00002420 QualType UnqualElt = getUnqualifiedArrayType(Elt, Quals);
Chandler Carruth28e318c2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002421 if (Elt == UnqualElt)
2422 return T;
2423
2424 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(T)) {
2425 return getConstantArrayType(UnqualElt, CAT->getSize(),
2426 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2427 }
2428
2429 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(T)) {
2430 return getIncompleteArrayType(UnqualElt, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2431 }
2432
2433 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(T);
2434 return getDependentSizedArrayType(UnqualElt, DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain(),
2435 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2436 SourceRange());
2437}
2438
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002439DeclarationName ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
2440 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
2441 return TD->getDeclName();
2442
2443 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
2444 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
2445 return DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2446 } else {
2447 return DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2448 }
2449 }
2450
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002451 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2452 assert(Storage);
2453 return (*Storage->begin())->getDeclName();
John McCall80ad16f2009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002454}
2455
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002456TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) {
2457 // If this template name refers to a template, the canonical
2458 // template name merely stores the template itself.
2459 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002460 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002461
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002462 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002463
Douglas Gregor25a3ef72009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002464 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2465 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2466 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2467}
2468
Douglas Gregordb0d4b72009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002469bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2470 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2471 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2472 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2473}
2474
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002475TemplateArgument
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002476ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
2477 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2478 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2479 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002480
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002481 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002482 return Arg;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002484 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002485 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002486
Douglas Gregor788cd062009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002487 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2488 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
2489
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002490 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002491 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002492 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002493
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002494 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall833ca992009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002495 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002496
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002497 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
2498 // FIXME: Allocate in ASTContext
2499 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs = new TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
2500 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002501 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002502 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2503 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2504 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505
Douglas Gregor1275ae02009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002506 TemplateArgument Result;
2507 Result.setArgumentPack(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size(), false);
2508 return Result;
2509 }
2510 }
2511
2512 // Silence GCC warning
2513 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2514 return TemplateArgument();
2515}
2516
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002517NestedNameSpecifier *
2518ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002519 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002520 return 0;
2521
2522 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2523 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2524 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002525 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002526 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2527 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2528
2529 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2530 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2531 // this namespace and no prefix.
2532 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, NNS->getAsNamespace());
2533
2534 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
2535 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
2536 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2538 NNS->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate,
Douglas Gregord57959a2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002539 T.getTypePtr());
2540 }
2541
2542 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
2543 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
2544 return NNS;
2545 }
2546
2547 // Required to silence a GCC warning
2548 return 0;
2549}
2550
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002551
2552const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) {
2553 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00002554 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002555 // Handle the common positive case fast.
2556 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
2557 return AT;
2558 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002559
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002560 // Handle the common negative case fast.
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002561 QualType CType = T->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002562 if (!isa<ArrayType>(CType))
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002563 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002564
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002565 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002566 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
2567 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002568
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002569 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
2570 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor50d62d12009-08-05 05:36:45 +00002571 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002572
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002573 QualifierCollector Qs;
2574 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T.getDesugaredType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002575
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002576 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
2577 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty);
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002578 if (ATy == 0 || Qs.empty())
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002579 return ATy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002580
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002581 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
2582 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
2583 // Get the canonical version of the element with the extra qualifiers on it.
2584 // This can recursively sink qualifiers through multiple levels of arrays.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002585 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), Qs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002586
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002587 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
2588 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
2589 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002590 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002591 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
2592 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
2593 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002594 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002595
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002596 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002597 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
2598 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002599 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002600 DSAT->getSizeExpr() ?
2601 DSAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00002602 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002603 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002604 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002605
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002606 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002607 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
Eli Friedmanbbed6b92009-08-15 02:50:32 +00002608 VAT->getSizeExpr() ?
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002609 VAT->getSizeExpr()->Retain() : 0,
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002610 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002611 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00002612 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattner77c96472008-04-06 22:41:35 +00002613}
2614
2615
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002616/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
2617/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
2618/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
2619/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
2620///
2621/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
2622QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002623 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
2624 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
2625 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
2626 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
2627 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
2628 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002629
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002630 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002631
2632 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002633 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnere6327742008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002634}
2635
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002636QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType QT) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002637 QualifierCollector Qs;
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002638 while (true) {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002639 const Type *UT = Qs.strip(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002640 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(QualType(UT,0))) {
2641 QT = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00002642 } else {
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002643 return Qs.apply(QT);
Douglas Gregor5e03f9e2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00002644 }
2645 }
2646}
2647
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002648QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *AT) {
2649 QualType ElemTy = AT->getElementType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002650
Anders Carlssonfbbce492009-09-25 01:23:32 +00002651 if (const ArrayType *AT = getAsArrayType(ElemTy))
2652 return getBaseElementType(AT);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653
Anders Carlsson6183a992008-12-21 03:44:36 +00002654 return ElemTy;
2655}
2656
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002657/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002658uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian0de78992009-08-21 16:31:06 +00002659ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
2660 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
2661 do {
2662 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
2663 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
2664 } while (CA);
2665 return ElementCount;
2666}
2667
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002668/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
2669/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002670static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002671 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002672 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002673
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002674 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
2675 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002676 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002677 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
2678 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
2679 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
2680 }
2681}
2682
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002683/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
2684/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002685/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
2686/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002687QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
2688 QualType Domain) const {
2689 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
2690 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
2691 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Naroff716c7302007-08-27 01:41:48 +00002692 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002693 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
2694 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
2695 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
2696 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002697 }
Chris Lattner1361b112008-04-06 23:58:54 +00002698
2699 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
2700 switch (EltRank) {
2701 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
2702 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
2703 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
2704 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Narofff1448a02007-08-27 01:27:54 +00002705 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002706}
2707
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002708/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
2709/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
2710/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002711/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002712int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
2713 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
2714 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002715
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002716 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002717 return 0;
Chris Lattnera75cea32008-04-06 23:38:49 +00002718 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Narofffb0d4962007-08-27 15:30:22 +00002719 return 1;
2720 return -1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002721}
2722
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002723/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
2724/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
2725/// or if it is not canonicalized.
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002726unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(Type *T) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002727 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002728 if (EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002729 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002730
Eli Friedmana3426752009-07-05 23:44:27 +00002731 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar))
2732 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
2733
Alisdair Meredithf5c209d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00002734 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
2735 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
2736
2737 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
2738 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
2739
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002740 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002741 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
2742 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002743 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002744 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2745 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2746 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2747 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002748 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002749 case BuiltinType::Short:
2750 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002751 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002752 case BuiltinType::Int:
2753 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002754 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002755 case BuiltinType::Long:
2756 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002757 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002758 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2759 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00002760 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00002761 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2762 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2763 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002764 }
2765}
2766
Eli Friedman04e83572009-08-20 04:21:42 +00002767/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
2768/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
2769///
2770/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
2771/// promotion occurs.
2772QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) {
2773 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
2774 if (!Field)
2775 return QualType();
2776
2777 QualType FT = Field->getType();
2778
2779 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
2780 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
2781 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2782 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
2783 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
2784 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
2785 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
2786 return IntTy;
2787
2788 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
2789 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2790
2791 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
2792 // like the base type.
2793 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
2794 // is ridiculous.
2795 return QualType();
2796}
2797
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002798/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
2799/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
2800/// integer type.
2801QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) {
2802 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
2803 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00002804 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
2805 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00002806 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
2807 return IntTy;
2808 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
2809 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
2810 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
2811 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
2812}
2813
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002814/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002815/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002816/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002817int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002818 Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
2819 Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002820 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002821
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002822 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
2823 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002824
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002825 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
2826 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002827
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002828 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
2829 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
2830 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
2831 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002832
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002833 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
2834 if (LHSUnsigned) {
2835 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
2836 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
2837 return 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002838
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002839 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2840 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002841 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002842 return -1;
2843 }
Chris Lattnerf52ab252008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002844
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002845 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
2846 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
2847 return -1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002848
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002849 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
2850 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002851 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattner7cfeb082008-04-06 23:55:33 +00002852 return 1;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002853}
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002854
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002855static RecordDecl *
2856CreateRecordDecl(ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
2857 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
2858 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2859 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2860 else
2861 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
2862}
2863
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002864// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002865QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() {
2866 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002867 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002868 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2869 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
2870
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002871 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002872
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002873 // const int *isa;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002874 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlssonf06273f2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00002875 // int flags;
2876 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002877 // const char *str;
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00002878 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002879 // long length;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002880 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
2881
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002882 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002883 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002884 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002885 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002886 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002887 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002888 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002889 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002890 }
2891
2892 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002893 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002894
Anders Carlsson71993dd2007-08-17 05:31:46 +00002895 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif84675832007-09-11 15:32:40 +00002896}
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00002897
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002898void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002899 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00002900 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
2901 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
2902}
2903
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002904QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() {
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002905 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002906 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002907 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2908 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002909
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002910 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2911 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002912 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002913 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
2914 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
2915 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
2916 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002917
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002918 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002919 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2920 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
2921 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002922 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002923 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +00002924 /*Mutable=*/false);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002925 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002926 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002927
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002928 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition(*this);
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002929 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002930
Anders Carlssonbd4c1ad2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00002931 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
2932}
2933
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002934QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() {
2935 if (BlockDescriptorType)
2936 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2937
2938 RecordDecl *T;
2939 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002940 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2941 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002942
2943 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2944 UnsignedLongTy,
2945 UnsignedLongTy,
2946 };
2947
2948 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2949 "reserved",
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002950 "Size"
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002951 };
2952
2953 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
2954 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
2955 T,
2956 SourceLocation(),
2957 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00002958 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00002959 /*BitWidth=*/0,
2960 /*Mutable=*/false);
2961 T->addDecl(Field);
2962 }
2963
2964 T->completeDefinition(*this);
2965
2966 BlockDescriptorType = T;
2967
2968 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
2969}
2970
2971void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
2972 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
2973 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
2974 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
2975}
2976
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002977QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() {
2978 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
2979 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
2980
2981 RecordDecl *T;
2982 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00002983 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
2984 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00002985
2986 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
2987 UnsignedLongTy,
2988 UnsignedLongTy,
2989 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
2990 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
2991 };
2992
2993 const char *FieldNames[] = {
2994 "reserved",
2995 "Size",
2996 "CopyFuncPtr",
2997 "DestroyFuncPtr"
2998 };
2999
3000 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3001 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3002 T,
3003 SourceLocation(),
3004 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003005 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003006 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3007 /*Mutable=*/false);
3008 T->addDecl(Field);
3009 }
3010
3011 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3012
3013 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3014
3015 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3016}
3017
3018void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3019 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3020 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3021 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3022}
3023
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003024bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) {
3025 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3026 return true;
3027 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3028 return true;
3029 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3030 return true;
3031 return false;
3032}
3033
3034QualType ASTContext::BuildByRefType(const char *DeclName, QualType Ty) {
3035 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003036 // void *__isa;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003037 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003038 // unsigned int __flags;
3039 // unsigned int __size;
Mike Stump38e16272009-10-21 22:01:24 +00003040 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3041 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003042 // int X;
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003043 // } *
3044
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003045 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3046
3047 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003048 static unsigned int UniqueBlockByRefTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003049 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3050 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3051 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003052 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003053 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3054 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003055 T->startDefinition();
3056 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3057 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3058 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3059 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3060 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3061 Int32Ty,
3062 Int32Ty,
3063 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3064 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3065 Ty
3066 };
3067
3068 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3069 "__isa",
3070 "__forwarding",
3071 "__flags",
3072 "__size",
3073 "__copy_helper",
3074 "__destroy_helper",
3075 DeclName,
3076 };
3077
3078 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3079 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3080 continue;
3081 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3082 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003083 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003084 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3085 T->addDecl(Field);
3086 }
3087
3088 T->completeDefinition(*this);
3089
3090 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003091}
3092
3093
3094QualType ASTContext::getBlockParmType(
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003095 bool BlockHasCopyDispose,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003096 llvm::SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> &BlockDeclRefDecls) {
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003097 // FIXME: Move up
Fariborz Jahanian4d0d85c2009-10-24 00:16:42 +00003098 static unsigned int UniqueBlockParmTypeID = 0;
Benjamin Kramerf5942a42009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003099 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3100 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__block_literal_"
3101 << ++UniqueBlockParmTypeID;
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003102 RecordDecl *T;
Anders Carlsson79cbc7d2009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003103 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TagDecl::TK_struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
3104 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003105 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3106 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3107 IntTy,
3108 IntTy,
3109 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
Mike Stump083c25e2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003110 (BlockHasCopyDispose ?
3111 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorExtendedType()) :
3112 getPointerType(getBlockDescriptorType()))
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003113 };
3114
3115 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3116 "__isa",
3117 "__flags",
3118 "__reserved",
3119 "__FuncPtr",
3120 "__descriptor"
3121 };
3122
3123 for (size_t i = 0; i < 5; ++i) {
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003124 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003125 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003126 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003127 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
3128 T->addDecl(Field);
3129 }
3130
3131 for (size_t i = 0; i < BlockDeclRefDecls.size(); ++i) {
3132 const Expr *E = BlockDeclRefDecls[i];
3133 const BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE = dyn_cast<BlockDeclRefExpr>(E);
3134 clang::IdentifierInfo *Name = 0;
3135 if (BDRE) {
3136 const ValueDecl *D = BDRE->getDecl();
3137 Name = &Idents.get(D->getName());
3138 }
3139 QualType FieldType = E->getType();
3140
3141 if (BDRE && BDRE->isByRef())
Mike Stumpaf7b44d2009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003142 FieldType = BuildByRefType(BDRE->getDecl()->getNameAsCString(),
3143 FieldType);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003144
3145 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
John McCalla93c9342009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003146 Name, FieldType, /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003147 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003148 T->addDecl(Field);
3149 }
3150
3151 T->completeDefinition(*this);
Mike Stumpea26cb52009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003152
3153 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stumpadaaad32009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003154}
3155
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003156void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003157 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor319ac892009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003158 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3159 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3160}
3161
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003162// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3163// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattner2d998332007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003164static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003165 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattnerbb49c3e2008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003166 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3167 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003168
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003169 return false;
3170}
3171
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003172/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003173/// purpose.
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003174CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) {
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003175 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003176
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003177 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003178 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralType())
3179 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003180 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3181 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003182 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003183 return sz;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003184}
3185
3186static inline
3187std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3188 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003189}
3190
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003191/// getObjCEncodingForBlockDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
3192/// declaration.
3193void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr,
3194 std::string& S) {
3195 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3196 QualType BlockTy =
3197 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3198 // Encode result type.
3199 getObjCEncodingForType(cast<FunctionType>(BlockTy)->getResultType(), S);
3200 // Compute size of all parameters.
3201 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3202 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3203 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003204 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3205 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003206 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3207 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3208 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003209 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003210 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003211 ParmOffset += sz;
3212 }
3213 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003214 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003215 // Block pointer and offset.
3216 S += "@?0";
3217 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3218
3219 // Argument types.
3220 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3221 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3222 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3223 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3224 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3225 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3226 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3227 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3228 // elements.
3229 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3230 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3231 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3232 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3233 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003234 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003235 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall5e530af2009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003236 }
3237}
3238
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003239/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003240/// declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003241void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003242 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003243 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003244 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003245 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003246 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003247 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003248 // Compute size of all parameters.
3249 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3250 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3251 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003252 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003253 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3254 // their size.
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003255 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003256 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3257 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3258 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003259 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003260 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3261 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003262 ParmOffset += sz;
3263 }
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003264 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003265 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003266 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003267
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003268 // Argument types.
3269 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattner89951a82009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003270 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3271 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3272 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003273 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003274 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003275 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3276 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3277 // elements.
Steve Naroffbb3fde32009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003278 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffab76d452009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003279 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3280 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3281 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003282 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003283 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahanian4306d3c2008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003284 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003285 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck199c3d62010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003286 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckaa8741a2010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003287 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian33e1d642007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003288 }
3289}
3290
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003291/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003292/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003293/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3294/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003295/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3296/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3297/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3298/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3299/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian83bccb82009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003300/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3301/// @code
3302/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3303/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3304/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3305/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3306/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3307/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3308/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3309/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3310/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3311/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3312/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3313/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3314/// };
3315/// @endcode
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003316void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003317 const Decl *Container,
Chris Lattnere6db3b02008-11-19 07:24:05 +00003318 std::string& S) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003319 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3320 bool Dynamic = false;
3321 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3322
3323 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3324 if (Container) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003325 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003326 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3327 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003328 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003329 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003330 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3331 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3332 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3333 Dynamic = true;
3334 } else {
3335 SynthesizePID = PID;
3336 }
3337 }
3338 }
3339 } else {
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003340 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003341 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003342 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor653f1b12009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003343 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003344 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3345 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3346 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3347 Dynamic = true;
3348 } else {
3349 SynthesizePID = PID;
3350 }
3351 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003352 }
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003353 }
3354 }
3355
3356 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3357 S = "T";
3358
3359 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003360 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3361 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003362 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003363 true /* outermost type */,
3364 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003365
3366 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3367 S += ",R";
3368 } else {
3369 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3370 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3371 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003372 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003373 }
3374 }
3375
3376 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3377 // are "dynamic by default".
3378 if (Dynamic)
3379 S += ",D";
3380
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003381 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3382 S += ",N";
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003383
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003384 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3385 S += ",G";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003386 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003387 }
3388
3389 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3390 S += ",S";
Chris Lattner077bf5e2008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003391 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003392 }
3393
3394 if (SynthesizePID) {
3395 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3396 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner39f34e92008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003397 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarc56f34a2008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003398 }
3399
3400 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3401}
3402
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003403/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003404/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3405/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003406/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3407///
3408void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003409 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003410 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003411 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong &&
3412 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003413 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003414 else
Fariborz Jahanianc657eba2009-02-11 23:59:18 +00003415 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long &&
3416 ((const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32))
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003417 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3418 }
3419 }
3420}
3421
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003422void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003423 const FieldDecl *Field) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003424 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3425 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3426 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3427 // same type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003428 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahanian5b8c7d92008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003429 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003430}
3431
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Context, std::string& S,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003433 const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003434 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3435 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
3436 ASTContext *Ctx = const_cast<ASTContext*>(Context);
Eli Friedman9a901bb2009-04-26 19:19:15 +00003437 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003438 S += 'b';
3439 S += llvm::utostr(N);
3440}
3441
Daniel Dunbar01eb9b92009-10-18 21:17:35 +00003442// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003443void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
3444 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
3445 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbar153bfe52009-04-20 06:37:24 +00003446 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian090b3f72009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003447 bool OutermostType,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00003448 bool EncodingProperty) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003449 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003450 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3451 return EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3452 char encoding;
3453 switch (BT->getKind()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003455 case BuiltinType::Void: encoding = 'v'; break;
3456 case BuiltinType::Bool: encoding = 'B'; break;
3457 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3458 case BuiltinType::UChar: encoding = 'C'; break;
3459 case BuiltinType::UShort: encoding = 'S'; break;
3460 case BuiltinType::UInt: encoding = 'I'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003461 case BuiltinType::ULong:
3462 encoding =
3463 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
Fariborz Jahanian72696e12009-02-11 22:31:45 +00003464 break;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003465 case BuiltinType::UInt128: encoding = 'T'; break;
3466 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: encoding = 'Q'; break;
3467 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3468 case BuiltinType::SChar: encoding = 'c'; break;
3469 case BuiltinType::Short: encoding = 's'; break;
3470 case BuiltinType::Int: encoding = 'i'; break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471 case BuiltinType::Long:
3472 encoding =
3473 (const_cast<ASTContext *>(this))->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003474 break;
3475 case BuiltinType::LongLong: encoding = 'q'; break;
3476 case BuiltinType::Int128: encoding = 't'; break;
3477 case BuiltinType::Float: encoding = 'f'; break;
3478 case BuiltinType::Double: encoding = 'd'; break;
3479 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: encoding = 'd'; break;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003480 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003481
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003482 S += encoding;
3483 return;
3484 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003485
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003486 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003487 S += 'j';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003488 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlssonc612f7b2009-04-09 21:55:45 +00003489 false);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003490 return;
3491 }
Fariborz Jahanian60bce3e2009-11-23 20:40:50 +00003492
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003493 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003494 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
3495 S += ':';
3496 return;
3497 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003498 QualType PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian8d2c0a92009-11-30 18:43:52 +00003499
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003500 bool isReadOnly = false;
3501 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
3502 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
3503 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003504 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003505 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003506 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
3507 isReadOnly = true;
3508 S += 'r';
3509 }
Mike Stump9fdbab32009-07-31 02:02:20 +00003510 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003511 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003512 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
3513 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003514 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
3515 isReadOnly = true;
3516 S += 'r';
3517 }
3518 }
3519 if (isReadOnly) {
3520 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
3521 // combinations need to be rearranged.
3522 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
3523 const char * s = S.c_str();
3524 int len = S.length();
3525 if (len >= 2 && s[len-2] == 'n' && s[len-1] == 'r') {
3526 std::string replace = "rn";
3527 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), replace);
3528 }
3529 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003530
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003531 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
3532 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
3533 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlssone8c49532007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003534 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003535 S += '*';
3536 return;
3537 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003538 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff9533a7f2009-07-22 17:14:51 +00003539 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
3540 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
3541 S += '#';
3542 return;
3543 }
3544 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
3545 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
3546 S += '@';
3547 return;
3548 }
3549 // fall through...
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003550 }
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003551 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003552 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
3553
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003554 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003555 NULL);
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003556 return;
3557 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003558
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003559 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3560 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
3561 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003562 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
3563 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
3564 S += '^';
3565
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003566 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003567 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3568 } else {
3569 S += '[';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003570
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003571 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3572 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
3573 else {
3574 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
3575 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
3576 S += '0';
3577 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003578
3579 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlsson559a8332009-02-22 01:38:57 +00003580 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
3581 S += ']';
3582 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003583 return;
3584 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003585
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003586 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssonc0a87b72007-10-30 00:06:20 +00003587 S += '?';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003588 return;
3589 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003590
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003591 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar82a6cfb2008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003592 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003593 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar502a4a12008-10-17 06:22:57 +00003594 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
3595 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
3596 S += II->getName();
3597 } else {
3598 S += '?';
3599 }
Daniel Dunbar0d504c12008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003600 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003601 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003602 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
3603 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003604 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003605 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003606 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003607 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003608 S += '"';
3609 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003610
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003611 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003612 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003613 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003614 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003615 } else {
Fariborz Jahaniana1c033e2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003616 QualType qt = Field->getType();
3617 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003618 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003619 FD);
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003620 }
Fariborz Jahanian7d6b46d2008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003621 }
Fariborz Jahanian6de88a82007-11-13 23:21:38 +00003622 }
Daniel Dunbard96b35b2008-10-17 16:17:37 +00003623 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003624 return;
3625 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003626
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003627 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian8b4bf902009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003628 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
3629 EncodeBitField(this, S, FD);
3630 else
3631 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003632 return;
3633 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003634
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003635 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff21a98b12009-02-02 18:24:29 +00003636 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003637 return;
3638 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003639
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003640 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003641 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003642 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003643 S += '{';
3644 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
3645 S += II->getName();
3646 S += '=';
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003647 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003648 CollectObjCIvars(OI, RecFields);
Chris Lattnerf1690852009-03-31 08:48:01 +00003649 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003650 if (RecFields[i]->isBitField())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003651 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003652 RecFields[i]);
3653 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003654 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(RecFields[i]->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003655 FD);
3656 }
3657 S += '}';
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003658 return;
Fariborz Jahanian43822ea2008-12-19 23:34:38 +00003659 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003660
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003661 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003662 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
3663 S += '@';
3664 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003665 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003666
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003667 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
3668 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
3669 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
3670 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003671 S += '#';
3672 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003673 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003674
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003675 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003676 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003677 ExpandPointedToStructures,
3678 ExpandStructures, FD);
3679 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
3680 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
3681 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003682 S += '"';
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003683 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3684 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003685 S += '<';
3686 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3687 S += '>';
3688 }
3689 S += '"';
3690 }
3691 return;
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003692 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003693
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003694 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
3695 if (!EncodingProperty &&
3696 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
3697 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003698 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003699 // {...};
3700 S += '^';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003701 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
3702 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003703 NULL);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003704 return;
3705 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003706
3707 S += '@';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003708 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003709 S += '"';
Steve Naroff27d20a22009-10-28 22:03:49 +00003710 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003711 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
3712 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003713 S += '<';
3714 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
3715 S += '>';
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003716 }
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003717 S += '"';
3718 }
3719 return;
3720 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003721
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003722 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlsson85f9bce2007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003723}
3724
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003725void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianecb01e62007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003726 std::string& S) const {
3727 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
3728 S += 'n';
3729 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
3730 S += 'N';
3731 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
3732 S += 'o';
3733 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
3734 S += 'O';
3735 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
3736 S += 'R';
3737 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
3738 S += 'V';
3739}
3740
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003741void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003742 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003743
Anders Carlssonb2cf3572007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003744 BuiltinVaListType = T;
3745}
3746
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003747void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003748 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff7e219e42007-10-15 14:41:52 +00003749}
3750
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003751void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian13dcd002009-11-21 19:53:08 +00003752 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanianb62f6812007-10-16 20:40:23 +00003753}
3754
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003755void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003756 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahanian390d50a2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00003757}
3758
Chris Lattnerce7b38c2009-07-13 00:10:46 +00003759void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003760 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlsson8baaca52007-10-31 02:53:19 +00003761}
3762
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003763void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003764 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003765 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003766
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003767 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Naroff21988912007-10-15 23:35:17 +00003768}
3769
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003770/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
3771/// lookup.
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003772TemplateName ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
3773 UnresolvedSetIterator End) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003774 unsigned size = End - Begin;
3775 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
3776
3777 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
3778 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
3779 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
3780
3781 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCalleec51cf2010-01-20 00:46:10 +00003782 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCall0bd6feb2009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003783 NamedDecl *D = *I;
3784 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
3785 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
3786 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
3787 *Storage++ = D;
3788 }
3789
3790 return TemplateName(OT);
3791}
3792
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003793/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
3794/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003795TemplateName ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003796 bool TemplateKeyword,
3797 TemplateDecl *Template) {
3798 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3799 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3800
3801 void *InsertPos = 0;
3802 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
3803 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3804 if (!QTN) {
3805 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
3806 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3807 }
3808
3809 return TemplateName(QTN);
3810}
3811
3812/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3813/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003814TemplateName ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003815 const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003816 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor3b6afbb2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00003817 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00003818
3819 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3820 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
3821
3822 void *InsertPos = 0;
3823 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3824 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3825
3826 if (QTN)
3827 return TemplateName(QTN);
3828
3829 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3830 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3831 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
3832 } else {
3833 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
3834 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
3835 }
3836
3837 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3838 return TemplateName(QTN);
3839}
3840
Douglas Gregorca1bdd72009-11-04 00:56:37 +00003841/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
3842/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
3843TemplateName
3844ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
3845 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) {
3846 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
3847 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
3848
3849 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3850 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
3851
3852 void *InsertPos = 0;
3853 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
3854 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
3855
3856 if (QTN)
3857 return TemplateName(QTN);
3858
3859 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
3860 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
3861 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
3862 } else {
3863 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
3864 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
3865 }
3866
3867 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
3868 return TemplateName(QTN);
3869}
3870
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003871/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregord9341122008-11-03 15:57:00 +00003872/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
3873/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003874CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003875 switch (Type) {
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003876 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003877 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
3878 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
3879 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
3880 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
3881 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
3882 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
3883 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
3884 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
3885 }
3886
3887 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCalle27ec8a2009-10-23 23:03:21 +00003888 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregorb4e66d52008-11-03 14:12:49 +00003889}
Ted Kremenekb6ccaac2008-07-24 23:58:27 +00003890
3891//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3892// Type Predicates.
3893//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3894
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003895/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
3896/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
3897/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003898/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003899///
3900bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
3901 if (TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
3902 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003903 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003904 return true;
3905 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003906 return false;
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00003907}
3908
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003909/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
3910/// garbage collection attribute.
3911///
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003912Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(const QualType &Ty) const {
3913 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003914 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
3915 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC) {
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003916 GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003917 // Default behavious under objective-c's gc is for objective-c pointers
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003918 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003919 // as __strong.
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003920 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
Fariborz Jahanian75212ee2009-09-10 23:38:45 +00003921 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003922 GCAttrs = Qualifiers::Strong;
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003923 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003924 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Fariborz Jahaniana223cca2009-02-19 23:36:06 +00003925 }
Fariborz Jahanianc2112182009-04-11 00:00:54 +00003926 // Non-pointers have none gc'able attribute regardless of the attribute
3927 // set on them.
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00003928 else if (!Ty->isAnyPointerType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003929 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003930 }
Chris Lattnerb7d25532009-02-18 22:53:11 +00003931 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian4fd83ea2009-02-18 21:49:28 +00003932}
3933
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003934//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3935// Type Compatibility Testing
3936//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner770951b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00003937
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003938/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003939/// compatible.
3940static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
3941 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCall467b27b2009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003942 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003943 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003944 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00003945}
3946
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003947//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3948// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
3949//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3950
3951/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
3952/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003953bool ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
3954 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003955 if (lProto == rProto)
3956 return true;
3957 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
3958 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
3959 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
3960 return true;
3961 return false;
3962}
3963
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003964/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
3965/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
3966/// otherwise.
3967bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
3968 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3969 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
3970 return false;
3971}
3972
3973/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
3974/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
3975bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
3976 bool compare) {
3977 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003978 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003979 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
3980 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003981 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003982 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
3983 return true;
3984
3985 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003986 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003988 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003989
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003990 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003991 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003992 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
3993 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
3994 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
3995 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
3996 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
3997 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
3998 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00003999 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004000 return false;
4001 }
4002 }
4003 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4004 return true;
4005 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004006 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004007 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4008 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4009 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4010 bool match = false;
4011
4012 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4013 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4014 // through its super class and categories.
4015 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4016 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4017 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4018 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4019 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4020 match = true;
4021 break;
4022 }
4023 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004024 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004025 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4026 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4027 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4028 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4029 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4030 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4031 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004032 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004033 match = true;
4034 break;
4035 }
4036 }
4037 }
4038 if (!match)
4039 return false;
4040 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004042 return true;
4043 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004044
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004045 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4046 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4047
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004048 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004049 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
4050 if (lhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
4051 bool match = false;
4052 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4053 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4054 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4055 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4056 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4057 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian0fd89042009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004058 if (lhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004059 match = true;
4060 break;
4061 }
4062 }
4063 if (!match)
4064 return false;
4065 }
4066 return true;
4067 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004068 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004069 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4070 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4071 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4072 bool match = false;
4073
4074 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4075 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4076 // through its super class and categories.
4077 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4078 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4079 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4080 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4081 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4082 match = true;
4083 break;
4084 }
4085 }
4086 if (!match)
4087 return false;
4088 }
4089 return true;
4090 }
4091 return false;
4092}
4093
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004094/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004095/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4096/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4097///
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004098bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4099 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004100 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
4101 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004102 return true;
4103
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004104 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004105 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4106 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004107 false);
4108
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004109 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4110 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004111 if (LHS && RHS) // We have 2 user-defined types.
4112 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004113
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004114 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004115}
4116
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004117/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4118/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4119/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4120/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4121static
4122void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4123 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4124 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4125 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4126
4127 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4128 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4129
4130 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4131 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4132 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4133 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4134 else {
4135 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4136 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getDecl(), LHSInheritedProtocols);
4137 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4138 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4139 }
4140
4141 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4142 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
4143 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = (ObjCProtocolDecl **)RHS->qual_begin();
4144 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4145 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4146 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4147 }
4148 else {
4149 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
4150 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getDecl(), RHSInheritedProtocols);
4151 // FIXME. This may cause duplication of protocols in the list, but should
4152 // be harmless.
4153 for (unsigned i = 0, len = RHSInheritedProtocols.size(); i < len; ++i)
4154 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]))
4155 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSInheritedProtocols[i]);
4156 }
4157}
4158
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004159/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4160/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4161/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4162/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4163QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
4164 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4165 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
4166 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4167 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4168 if (!LHS || !RHS)
4169 return QualType();
4170
4171 while (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *LHSIDecl = LHS->getDecl()->getSuperClass()) {
4172 QualType LHSTy = getObjCInterfaceType(LHSIDecl);
4173 LHS = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Fariborz Jahaniane23fa2d2009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004174 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
4175 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> IntersectionOfProtocols;
4176 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this,
4177 LHSOPT, RHSOPT, IntersectionOfProtocols);
4178 if (IntersectionOfProtocols.empty())
4179 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy);
4180 else
4181 LHSTy = getObjCObjectPointerType(LHSTy, &IntersectionOfProtocols[0],
4182 IntersectionOfProtocols.size());
4183 return LHSTy;
4184 }
Fariborz Jahaniandb07b3f2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004185 }
4186
4187 return QualType();
4188}
4189
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004190bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCInterfaceType *LHS,
4191 const ObjCInterfaceType *RHS) {
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004192 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4193 // the LHS.
4194 if (!LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4195 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004196
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004197 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4198 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004199 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004200 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004201
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004202 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4203 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004204 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004205 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004206
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004207 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4208 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004209 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4210 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4211
4212 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4213 // are incompatible.
Steve Naroffc15cb2a2009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004214 for (ObjCInterfaceType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004215 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004216 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4217 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004218 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Naroff8f167562009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004219 break;
4220 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004221 }
4222 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4223 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4224 return false;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004225 }
Steve Naroff91b0b0c2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004226 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4227 return true;
Chris Lattner6ac46a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004228}
4229
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004230bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4231 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004232 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4233 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004234
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004235 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004236 return false;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004237
4238 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4239 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroff389bf462009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004240}
4241
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004242/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004243/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004244/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004245/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004246bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4247 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS).isNull();
4248}
4249
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004250static bool isSameCallingConvention(CallingConv lcc, CallingConv rcc) {
4251 return (getCanonicalCallingConv(lcc) == getCanonicalCallingConv(rcc));
4252}
4253
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004254QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004255 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
4256 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004257 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
4258 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004259 bool allLTypes = true;
4260 bool allRTypes = true;
4261
4262 // Check return type
4263 QualType retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType());
4264 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004265 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()))
4266 allLTypes = false;
4267 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()))
4268 allRTypes = false;
Mike Stump6dcbc292009-07-25 23:24:03 +00004269 // FIXME: double check this
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004270 bool NoReturn = lbase->getNoReturnAttr() || rbase->getNoReturnAttr();
4271 if (NoReturn != lbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4272 allLTypes = false;
4273 if (NoReturn != rbase->getNoReturnAttr())
4274 allRTypes = false;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004275 CallingConv lcc = lbase->getCallConv();
4276 CallingConv rcc = rbase->getCallConv();
4277 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
4278 if (!isSameCallingConvention(lcc, rcc))
4279 return QualType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004280
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004281 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004282 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
4283 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004284 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
4285 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
4286
4287 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
4288 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
4289 return QualType();
4290
4291 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
4292 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
4293 return QualType();
4294
Argyrios Kyrtzidis7fb5e482008-10-26 16:43:14 +00004295 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
4296 return QualType();
4297
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004298 // Check argument compatibility
4299 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
4300 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
4301 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4302 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
4303 QualType argtype = mergeTypes(largtype, rargtype);
4304 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
4305 types.push_back(argtype);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004306 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
4307 allLTypes = false;
4308 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
4309 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004310 }
4311 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4312 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4313 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(),
Mike Stump24556362009-07-25 21:26:53 +00004314 lproto->isVariadic(), lproto->getTypeQuals(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004315 NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004316 }
4317
4318 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
4319 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
4320
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004321 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004322 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl465226e2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00004323 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004324 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
4325 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
4326 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
4327 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
4328 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
4329 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
4330 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
4331 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
4332 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
4333 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
4334 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
4335 return QualType();
4336 }
4337
4338 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4339 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
4340 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
Mike Stump2d3c1912009-07-27 00:44:23 +00004341 proto->getNumArgs(), proto->isVariadic(),
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004342 proto->getTypeQuals(), NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004343 }
4344
4345 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
4346 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
Douglas Gregorab8bbf42010-01-18 17:14:39 +00004347 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, NoReturn, lcc);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004348}
4349
4350QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
Bill Wendling43d69752007-12-03 07:33:35 +00004351 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
4352 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
4353 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004354 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
4355 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004356 // FIXME: C++ shouldn't be going through here! The rules are different
4357 // enough that they should be handled separately.
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004358 // FIXME: Merging of lvalue and rvalue references is incorrect. C++ *really*
4359 // shouldn't be going through here!
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004360 if (const ReferenceType *RT = LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004361 LHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004362 if (const ReferenceType *RT = RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Chris Lattnerc4e40592008-04-07 04:07:56 +00004363 RHS = RT->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerf3692dc2008-04-07 05:37:56 +00004364
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004365 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
4366 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
4367
4368 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
4369 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
4370 return LHS;
4371
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004372 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregora4923eb2009-11-16 21:35:15 +00004373 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
4374 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004375 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
4376 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
4377 // mismatch.
4378 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
4379 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
4380 return QualType();
4381
4382 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
4383 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
4384 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
4385 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
4386 // qualified __strong.
4387 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4388 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
4389 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
4390
4391 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
4392 return QualType();
4393
4394 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4395 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
4396 }
4397 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4398 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
4399 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004400 return QualType();
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004401 }
4402
4403 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004404
Eli Friedman852d63b2009-06-01 01:22:52 +00004405 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
4406 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004407
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004408 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
4409 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
4410 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
4411 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman4c721d32008-02-12 08:23:06 +00004412
4413 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004414 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4415 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
4416 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
4417 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004418
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00004419 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
4420 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
4421 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004422
Chris Lattnera36a61f2008-04-07 05:43:21 +00004423 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004424 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004425 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004426 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004427 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
4428 // type.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004429 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004430 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4431 return RHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004432 }
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004433 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004434 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
4435 return LHS;
Eli Friedmanbab96962008-02-12 08:46:17 +00004436 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004437
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004438 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004439 }
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004440
Steve Naroff4a746782008-01-09 22:43:08 +00004441 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004442 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004443#define TYPE(Class, Base)
4444#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
4445#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4446#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
4447#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
4448 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
4449 return QualType();
4450
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004451 case Type::LValueReference:
4452 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004453 case Type::MemberPointer:
4454 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
4455 return QualType();
4456
4457 case Type::IncompleteArray:
4458 case Type::VariableArray:
4459 case Type::FunctionProto:
4460 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004461 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
4462 return QualType();
4463
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004464 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004465 {
4466 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004467 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4468 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004469 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4470 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004471 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004472 return LHS;
Eli Friedman07d25872009-06-02 05:28:56 +00004473 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004474 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004475 return getPointerType(ResultType);
4476 }
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004477 case Type::BlockPointer:
4478 {
4479 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004480 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4481 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc0febd52008-12-10 17:49:55 +00004482 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee);
4483 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
4484 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4485 return LHS;
4486 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4487 return RHS;
4488 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
4489 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004490 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004491 {
4492 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
4493 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
4494 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
4495 return QualType();
4496
4497 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
4498 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
4499 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem);
4500 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004501 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4502 return LHS;
4503 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4504 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004505 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
4506 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
4507 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
4508 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004509 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
4510 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004511 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4512 return LHS;
4513 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
4514 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004515 if (LVAT) {
4516 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4517 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
4518 // has to be different.
4519 return LHS;
4520 }
4521 if (RVAT) {
4522 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
4523 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
4524 // has to be different.
4525 return RHS;
4526 }
Eli Friedman3bc0f452008-08-22 01:48:21 +00004527 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
4528 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor7e7eb3d2009-07-06 15:59:29 +00004529 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
4530 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004531 }
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004532 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004533 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004534 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004535 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004536 return QualType();
Chris Lattner1adb8832008-01-14 05:45:46 +00004537 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004538 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004539 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar64cfdb72009-01-28 21:22:12 +00004540 case Type::Complex:
4541 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
4542 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3cc4c0c2008-04-07 05:55:38 +00004543 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004544 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004545 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHS->getAs<VectorType>(), RHS->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004546 return LHS;
Chris Lattner61710852008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004547 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004548 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004549 // Check if the interfaces are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedman5a61f0e2009-02-27 23:04:43 +00004550 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
4551 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004552 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
4553 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>();
Steve Naroff5fd659d2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00004554 if (LHSIface && RHSIface &&
4555 canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
4556 return LHS;
4557
Eli Friedman3d815e72008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004558 return QualType();
Cedric Venet61490e92009-02-21 17:14:49 +00004559 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004560 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
John McCall183700f2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004561 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4562 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004563 return LHS;
4564
Steve Naroffbc76dd02008-12-10 22:14:21 +00004565 return QualType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004566 }
Douglas Gregor7532dc62009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004567 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
4568 assert(false && "Dependent types have no size");
4569 break;
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004570 }
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004571
4572 return QualType();
Steve Naroffec0550f2007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004573}
Ted Kremenek7192f8e2007-10-31 17:10:13 +00004574
Chris Lattner5426bf62008-04-07 07:01:58 +00004575//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004576// Integer Predicates
4577//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner88054de2009-01-16 07:15:35 +00004578
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004579unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) {
Sebastian Redl632d7722009-11-05 21:10:57 +00004580 if (T->isBooleanType())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004581 return 1;
John McCall842aef82009-12-09 09:09:27 +00004582 if (EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedman29a7f332009-12-10 22:29:29 +00004583 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Friedmanf98aba32009-02-13 02:31:07 +00004584 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004585 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
4586}
4587
4588QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
4589 assert(T->isSignedIntegerType() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004590
4591 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
4592 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
4593 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
4594 VTy->getNumElements());
4595
4596 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
4597 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004598 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattner6a2b9262009-10-17 20:33:28 +00004599
4600 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
4601 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004602 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
4603 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4604 case BuiltinType::SChar:
4605 return UnsignedCharTy;
4606 case BuiltinType::Short:
4607 return UnsignedShortTy;
4608 case BuiltinType::Int:
4609 return UnsignedIntTy;
4610 case BuiltinType::Long:
4611 return UnsignedLongTy;
4612 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
4613 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner2df9ced2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00004614 case BuiltinType::Int128:
4615 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedmanad74a752008-06-28 06:23:08 +00004616 default:
4617 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
4618 return QualType();
4619 }
4620}
4621
Douglas Gregor2cf26342009-04-09 22:27:44 +00004622ExternalASTSource::~ExternalASTSource() { }
4623
4624void ExternalASTSource::PrintStats() { }
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004625
4626
4627//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4628// Builtin Type Computation
4629//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4630
4631/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
4632/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004633static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004634 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
4635 bool AllowTypeModifiers = true) {
4636 // Modifiers.
4637 int HowLong = 0;
4638 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004639
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004640 // Read the modifiers first.
4641 bool Done = false;
4642 while (!Done) {
4643 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004644 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004645 case 'S':
4646 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4647 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4648 Signed = true;
4649 break;
4650 case 'U':
4651 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
4652 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
4653 Unsigned = true;
4654 break;
4655 case 'L':
4656 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
4657 ++HowLong;
4658 break;
4659 }
4660 }
4661
4662 QualType Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004663
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004664 // Read the base type.
4665 switch (*Str++) {
4666 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
4667 case 'v':
4668 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4669 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
4670 Type = Context.VoidTy;
4671 break;
4672 case 'f':
4673 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4674 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
4675 Type = Context.FloatTy;
4676 break;
4677 case 'd':
4678 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
4679 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
4680 if (HowLong)
4681 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
4682 else
4683 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
4684 break;
4685 case 's':
4686 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
4687 if (Unsigned)
4688 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
4689 else
4690 Type = Context.ShortTy;
4691 break;
4692 case 'i':
4693 if (HowLong == 3)
4694 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
4695 else if (HowLong == 2)
4696 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
4697 else if (HowLong == 1)
4698 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
4699 else
4700 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
4701 break;
4702 case 'c':
4703 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
4704 if (Signed)
4705 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
4706 else if (Unsigned)
4707 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
4708 else
4709 Type = Context.CharTy;
4710 break;
4711 case 'b': // boolean
4712 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
4713 Type = Context.BoolTy;
4714 break;
4715 case 'z': // size_t.
4716 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
4717 Type = Context.getSizeType();
4718 break;
4719 case 'F':
4720 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
4721 break;
4722 case 'a':
4723 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4724 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4725 break;
4726 case 'A':
4727 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
4728 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
4729 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
4730 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
4731 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
4732 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
4733 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
4734 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
4735 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
4736 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
4737 if (Type->isArrayType()) {
4738 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
4739 } else {
4740 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4741 }
4742 break;
4743 case 'V': {
4744 char *End;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004745 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
4746 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004747
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004748 Str = End;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004749
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004750 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4751 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements);
4752 break;
4753 }
Douglas Gregord3a23b22009-09-28 21:45:01 +00004754 case 'X': {
4755 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, false);
4756 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
4757 break;
4758 }
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004759 case 'P':
Douglas Gregorc29f77b2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00004760 Type = Context.getFILEType();
4761 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004762 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004763 return QualType();
4764 }
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004765 break;
Chris Lattner9a5a7e72009-07-28 22:49:34 +00004766 case 'J':
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004767 if (Signed)
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004768 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004769 else
4770 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
4771
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004772 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stumpf711c412009-07-28 23:57:15 +00004773 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stumpfd612db2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00004774 return QualType();
4775 }
4776 break;
Mike Stump782fa302009-07-28 02:25:19 +00004777 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004778
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004779 if (!AllowTypeModifiers)
4780 return Type;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004781
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004782 Done = false;
4783 while (!Done) {
4784 switch (*Str++) {
4785 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
4786 case '*':
4787 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
4788 break;
4789 case '&':
4790 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
4791 break;
4792 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
4793 case 'C':
John McCall0953e762009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004794 Type = Type.withConst();
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004795 break;
4796 }
4797 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004798
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004799 return Type;
4800}
4801
4802/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
4803QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned id,
4804 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error) {
4805 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(id);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004806
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004807 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004809 Error = GE_None;
4810 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4811 if (Error != GE_None)
4812 return QualType();
4813 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
4814 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error);
4815 if (Error != GE_None)
4816 return QualType();
4817
4818 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
4819 if (Ty->isArrayType())
4820 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004821
Chris Lattner86df27b2009-06-14 00:45:47 +00004822 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
4823 }
4824
4825 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
4826 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
4827
4828 // handle untyped/variadic arguments "T c99Style();" or "T cppStyle(...);".
4829 if (ArgTypes.size() == 0 && TypeStr[0] == '.')
4830 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType);
4831 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
4832 TypeStr[0] == '.', 0);
4833}
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004834
4835QualType
4836ASTContext::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4837 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
4838 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
4839 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
4840 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
4841 // equivalent.
4842 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4843 lhs = getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
4844 else
4845 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4846 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
4847 rhs = getPromotedIntegerType(rhs);
4848 else
4849 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
4850
4851 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
4852 if (lhs == rhs)
4853 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004854
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004855 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
4856 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
4857 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
4858 return lhs;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004859
4860 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
4861
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004862 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
4863 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
4864 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004865 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004866 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4867 return lhs;
4868 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004869 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004870 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4871 return rhs;
4872 }
4873 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004874 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
4875 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
4876 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
4877 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004878 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004879 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004880 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004881 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004882 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
4883 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004884
4885 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004886 rhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004887 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004888 lhs = getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004889 }
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004890 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
4891 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
4892 // does not require this promotion.
4893 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
4894 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
4895 return rhs;
4896 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
4897 return lhs;
4898 }
4899 }
4900 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
4901 }
4902 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
4903 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
4904 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
4905 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4906 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
4907 return lhs;
4908 }
4909 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4910 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
4911 return getComplexType(lhs);
4912 }
4913 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4914 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
4915 return rhs;
4916 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004917 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004918 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
4919 return getComplexType(rhs);
4920 }
4921 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
4922 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
4923 int result = getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4924 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
4925 return lhs;
4926 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
4927 return rhs; // convert the lhs
4928 }
4929 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
4930 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
4931 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4932 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
4933
4934 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004935 if (getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00004936 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
4937 return lhs; // convert the rhs
4938 return rhs;
4939 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
4940 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
4941 return lhs;
4942 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
4943 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
4944 return rhs;
4945 }
4946 }
4947 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
4948 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
4949 int compare = getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
4950 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
4951 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
4952 QualType destType;
4953 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
4954 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
4955 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
4956 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
4957 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
4958 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
4959 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
4960 } else if (getIntWidth(lhs) != getIntWidth(rhs)) {
4961 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
4962 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
4963 // use the signed type.
4964 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
4965 } else {
4966 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
4967 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
4968 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
4969 // to the signed type.
4970 destType = getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
4971 }
4972 return destType;
4973}